blob: 57010161f57f5a719430b06a64b75fd27980b16d [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000057Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59
60 make CHANGELOG
61
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000062
63Where to get help:
64==================
65
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000066In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050068<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000072
73
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010074Where to get source code:
75=========================
76
77The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80
81The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020082any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010083available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84directory.
85
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010086Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010087ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88
89
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090Where we come from:
91===================
92
93- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000094- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000095- clean up code
96- make it easier to add custom boards
97- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98- extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000103- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000104- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000105- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200106- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000107
108
109Names and Spelling:
110===================
111
112The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114in source files etc.). Example:
115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117
118File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123
124Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000129
130
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000131Versioning:
132===========
133
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200134Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200141Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000145
146
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000147Directory Hierarchy:
148====================
149
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500150/arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222/board Board dependent files
223/common Misc architecture independent functions
224/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226/drivers Commonly used device drivers
227/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229/include Header Files
230/lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234/net Networking code
235/post Power On Self Test
236/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000238
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000239Software Configuration:
240=======================
241
242Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244
245There are two classes of configuration variables:
246
247* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_".
250
251* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000255
256Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260as an example here.
261
262
263Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264---------------------------------------------------
265
266For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268
269Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270
271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config
273
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200274For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000275e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277
278
279Configuration Options:
280----------------------
281
282Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283such information is kept in a configuration file
284"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285
286Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288
289
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000290Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292build a config tool - later.
293
294
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000295The following options need to be configured:
296
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500297- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500299- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200300
301- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000303
304- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310
311- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314
315- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302
318
319- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200322 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000325- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000332
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530333- Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family
337
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000338- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000341
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200342- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000349
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000350- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000354 See doc/README.MPC866
355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000357
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000364
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600370- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose.
396
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum.
416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000422- Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific.
427
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100428- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200436
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100440 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200441
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200442- MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation.
448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000474- ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC.
487
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
491 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
492
493 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
494 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
495 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
496 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
497 set these options unless they apply!
498
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000499- CPU timer options:
500 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
501
502 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
503 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
504 option must be set to 1000.
505
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000506- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000507 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
508
509 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
510 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
511 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
512 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
513 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
514 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
515 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000516 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100517 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000518 default environment.
519
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000520 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
521
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200522 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000523 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
524 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
525
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400526 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200527
528 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400529 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
530 concepts).
531
532 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
533 * New libfdt-based support
534 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500535 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400536
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200537 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
538 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
539 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
540 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200541 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600542 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200543
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200544 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
545 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500546
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600547 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
548
549 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
550 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000551
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500552 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
553
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200554 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500555 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
556
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200557 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
558
559 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
560 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
561 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
562 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
563 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
564 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
565
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000566 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
567
568 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
569 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
570 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
571 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
572 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
573 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
574 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
575
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100576- vxWorks boot parameters:
577
578 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
579 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
580 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
581
582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
585 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
586
587 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
588
589 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
590
591 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
592 the defaults discussed just above.
593
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000594- Cache Configuration:
595 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
596 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
597 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
598
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000599- Cache Configuration for ARM:
600 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
601 controller
602 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
603 controller register space
604
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000605- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200606 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000607
608 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
609
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200610 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000611
612 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
613
614 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
615
616 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
617 the clock speed of the UARTs.
618
619 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
620
621 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
622 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
623 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
624
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000625 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
626
627 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
628 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
629 this variable to initialize the extra register.
630
631 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
632
633 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
634 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
635 variable to flush the UART at init time.
636
Javier Martinez Canillas7de0fe12013-01-07 01:35:20 +0000637 CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_BROKEN_TEMT
638
639 16550 UART set the Transmitter Empty (TEMT) Bit when all output
640 has finished and the transmitter is totally empty. U-Boot waits
641 for this bit to be set to initialize the serial console. On some
642 broken platforms this bit is not set in SPL making U-Boot to
643 hang while waiting for TEMT. Define this option to avoid it.
644
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000645
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000646- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000647 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
648 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
649 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
650 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000651
652 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
653 port routines must be defined elsewhere
654 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
655
656 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
657 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000658 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000659 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
660 (default big endian)
661 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
662 rectangle fill
663 (cf. smiLynxEM)
664 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
665 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
666 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
667 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000668 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
669 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000670 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
671 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000672 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000673 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
674 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
675 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
676 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
677 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
678 (i.e. i8042_getc)
679 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
680 (requires blink timer
681 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200682 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000683 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
684 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500685 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000686 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
687 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000688 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
689 linux_logo.h for logo.
690 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000691 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200692 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000693 the logo
694
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000695 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
696 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
697 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
698
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000699 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
700 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
701 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000702
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000703 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
704 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
705 the "silent" environment variable. See
706 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000707
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000708- Console Baudrate:
709 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
710 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200711 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
712 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000713
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100714- Console Rx buffer length
715 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
716 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100717 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100718 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
719 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
720 the SMC.
721
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000722- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200723 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
724 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
725 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
726 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
727 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
728 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
729 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200730 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200731 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000732
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200733 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
734 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000735
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000736- Safe printf() functions
737 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
738 the printf() functions. These are defined in
739 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
740 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
741 If this option is not given then these functions will
742 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
743 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000745- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
746 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
747 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000748 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
749 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000750
751 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
752 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
753 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
754 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
755 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
756 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
757 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
758 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
759 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
760 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
761 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
762 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
763
764- Autoboot Command:
765 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
766 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
767 define a command string that is automatically executed
768 when no character is read on the console interface
769 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
770
771 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000772 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
773 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
774 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000775
776 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000777 The value of these goes into the environment as
778 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
779 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200780 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000781
782- Pre-Boot Commands:
783 CONFIG_PREBOOT
784
785 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
786 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
787 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
788 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
789 entering interactive mode.
790
791 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
792 automatically generated or modified. For an example
793 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
794 modified when the user holds down a certain
795 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
796 booting the systems
797
798- Serial Download Echo Mode:
799 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
800 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
801 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
802 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
803 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
804 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
805 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
806
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500807- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000808 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
809 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200810 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000811
812- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500813 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
814 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000815 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
816 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500817 and augmenting with additional #define's
818 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000819
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 The default command configuration includes all commands
821 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000822
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500823 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500824 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
825 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
826 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
827 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
828 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
829 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
830 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500831 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500832 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
833 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
834 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600835 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
836 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
837 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
838 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500839 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
840 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500841 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500842 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
843 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600844 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600845 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500846 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000847 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
848 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500849 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500850 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000851 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500852 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
853 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
854 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +0000855 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500856 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000857 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +0000858 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500859 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
860 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
861 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
862 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +0000863 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
864 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500865 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500866 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +0000867 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500868 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
869 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
870 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
871 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500872 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +0000873 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
874 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500875 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
876 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400877 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
878 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +0000879 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500880 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +0000881 loop, loopw
882 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500883 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
884 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
885 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100886 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500887 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
888 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600889 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000890 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500891 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
892 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
893 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
894 host
895 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +0000896 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500897 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
898 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +0000899 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
901 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
902 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
903 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
904 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
905 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700906 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100907 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400908 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200909 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500910 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000911 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000912 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +0000913 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
914 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500915 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500916 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +0000917 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000918
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000919
920 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
921 support you can write:
922
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500923 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
924 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000925
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400926 Other Commands:
927 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000928
929 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500930 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000931 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
932 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
933 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
934 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
935 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
936 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000937
938
939 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
940
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000941- Device tree:
942 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
943 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
944 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
945 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
946 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
947 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
948
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000949 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
950 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000951
952 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
953 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
954 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
955 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
956 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
957 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000958
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000959 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
960 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
961 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
962 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
963
964 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
965
966 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
967 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
968 still use the individual files if you need something more
969 exotic.
970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000971- Watchdog:
972 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
973 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000974 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
975 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
976 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
977 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
978 available, then no further board specific code should
979 be needed to use it.
980
981 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
982 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
983 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
984 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000985
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000986- U-Boot Version:
987 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
988 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
989 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
990 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +0200991 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
992 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000993
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000994- Real-Time Clock:
995
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500996 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000997 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
998 following options:
999
1000 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1001 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001002 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001003 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001006 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001007 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001008 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001009 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001010 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001011 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1012 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001013
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001014 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1015 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1016
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001017- GPIO Support:
1018 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1019 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1020
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001021 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1022 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1023 pins supported by a particular chip.
1024
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001025 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001028- Timestamp Support:
1029
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001030 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1031 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1032 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001033 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001034
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001035- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1036 Zero or more of the following:
1037 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1038 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1039 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1040 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1041 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1042 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1043 disk/part_efi.c
1044 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001045
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001046 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001048 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001049
1050- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1052 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001054 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1055 be performed by calling the function
1056 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1057 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001058
1059- ATAPI Support:
1060 CONFIG_ATAPI
1061
1062 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1063
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001064- LBA48 Support
1065 CONFIG_LBA48
1066
1067 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001068 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001069 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1070 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1071
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001072 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001073 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1074 Default is 32bit.
1075
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076- SCSI Support:
1077 At the moment only there is only support for the
1078 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1079 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001084 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1085 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001086 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001087
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001088 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1089 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1090
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001091- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001092 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001093 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1094
1095 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1096 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1097 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1098 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1099
1100 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1101 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1102 example with the "sspi" command.
1103
1104 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1105 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1106 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001107
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001108 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001109 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001110
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001111 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1112 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001113 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001114 write routine for first time initialisation.
1115
1116 CONFIG_TULIP
1117 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1118 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1119 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1120
1121 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1122 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1123
1124 CONFIG_NS8382X
1125 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1126
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001127- NETWORK Support (other):
1128
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001129 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1130 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1131
1132 CONFIG_RMII
1133 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1134
1135 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1136 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1137 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1138
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001139 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1140 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1141
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001142 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001143 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1144
1145 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1146 Define this to hold the physical address
1147 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1148
1149 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1150 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1151
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001152 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001153 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1154
1155 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1156 Define this to hold the physical address
1157 of the device (I/O space)
1158
1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1161
1162 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1163 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1164 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1165
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001166 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1167 Support for davinci emac
1168
1169 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1170 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1171
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1173 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1174
1175 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1176 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1177 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1178 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1179 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1180 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1181 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1182 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1183
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001184 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001185 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1186
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001187 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001188 Define this to hold the physical address
1189 of the device (I/O space)
1190
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001191 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001192 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1193
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001194 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001195 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1196 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001197 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001198
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1200 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1201
1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1203 Define the number of ports to be used
1204
1205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1206 Define the ETH PHY's address
1207
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1209 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1210
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001211- TPM Support:
1212 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1213 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1214 per system is supported at this time.
1215
1216 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1217 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1218 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1219 0xfed40000.
1220
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001221- USB Support:
1222 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001223 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001224 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1225 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001226 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001227 storage devices.
1228 Note:
1229 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1230 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001231 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1232 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1233 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001234 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1235 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001236 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1237 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1238 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001239 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1240 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001242 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1243 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001244
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001245 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1246 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1247
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001248- USB Device:
1249 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1250 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1251 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001252 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001253 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1254 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001255 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001256 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1257 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1258 a Linux host by
1259 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1260 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1261 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1262 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001263
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001264 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1265 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001266
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001267 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1268 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1269 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001270
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301271 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1272 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1273 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1274 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1275 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1276 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1277 speed.
1278
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001279 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001280 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1281 be set to usbtty.
1282
1283 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001284 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001285 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001286 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001287
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001288 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001289 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001290 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001291
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001292 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001293 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001294 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001295 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1296 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1297 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1298
1299 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1300 Define this string as the name of your company for
1301 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001302
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001303 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1304 Define this string as the name of your product
1305 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1306
1307 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1308 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1309 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1310 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1311 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001312
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001313 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1314 Define this as the unique Product ID
1315 for your device
1316 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001317
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001318- ULPI Layer Support:
1319 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1320 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1321 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1322 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1323 viewport is supported.
1324 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1325 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001326 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1327 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1328 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001329
1330- MMC Support:
1331 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1332 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1333 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1334 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001335 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1336 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001337
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001338 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1339 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1340
1341 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1342 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1343
1344 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1345 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1346
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001347- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1348 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1349 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1350 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1351
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001352 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1353 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001354 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1355
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001356 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001357 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1358 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1359
1360 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001361 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001362 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1363 have not defined a custom partition
1364
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001365- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1366 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001367
1368 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1369 file in FAT formatted partition.
1370
1371 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1372 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001373
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001374CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1375 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1376
1377 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1378 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1379 and cbfsload.
1380
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001381- Keyboard Support:
1382 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1383
1384 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1385 support
1386
1387 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1388 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1389 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1390 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1391 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1392
1393- Video support:
1394 CONFIG_VIDEO
1395
1396 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1397 video).
1398
1399 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1400
1401 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1402
1403 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001404 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001405 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1406 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1407 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001409 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001410 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001411 are possible:
1412 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001413 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001414
1415 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1416 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1417 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1418 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1419 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1420 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1421 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001422 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1423
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001424 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001425 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001426
1427
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001428 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001429 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001430 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1431 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1432
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001433 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001434 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001435 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1436 support, and should also define these other macros:
1437
1438 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1439 CONFIG_VIDEO
1440 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1441 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1442 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1443 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1444 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1445 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1446
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001447 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1448 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1449 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1450 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001451
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001452 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1453
1454 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1455 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1456 driver.
1457
1458
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001459- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001460 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001461
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001462 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1463 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1464 defined in your board-specific files.
1465 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001466
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001467- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1468
1469 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1470 display); also select one of the supported displays
1471 by defining one of these:
1472
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001473 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1474
1475 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1476
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001477 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001478
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001479 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001480
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001481 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001482
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001483 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1484 Active, color, single scan.
1485
1486 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1487
1488 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001489 Active, color, single scan.
1490
1491 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1492
1493 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1494 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1495
1496 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1497
1498 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1499 Active, color, single scan.
1500
1501 CONFIG_HLD1045
1502
1503 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1504 Active, color, single scan.
1505
1506 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1507
1508 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1509 or
1510 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1511 or
1512 Hitachi SP14Q002
1513
1514 320x240. Black & white.
1515
1516 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001517 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001518
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001519 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1520
1521 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1522 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1523 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1524 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1525 a per-section basis.
1526
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001527 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1528
1529 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1530 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1531 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1532 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001533
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001534 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1535
1536 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1537
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001538 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1539
1540 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1541 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1542
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001543- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001544
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001545 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1546 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1547 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001548 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001549 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1550 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1551 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1552 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001553
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001554 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1555
1556 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1557 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1558 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1559 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1560 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1561 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1562 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1563 there is no need to set this option.
1564
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001565 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1566
1567 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1568 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1569 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1570 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1571 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1572 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1573
1574 Example:
1575 setenv splashpos m,m
1576 => image at center of screen
1577
1578 setenv splashpos 30,20
1579 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1580
1581 setenv splashpos -10,m
1582 => vertically centered image
1583 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1584
Nikita Kiryanov581bb412013-01-30 21:39:57 +00001585 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1586
1587 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1588 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1589 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1590 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1591 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1592
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001593- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1594
1595 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1596 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1597 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1598
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001599- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1600
1601 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1602 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1603 bmp command.
1604
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001605- Do compresssing for memory range:
1606 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1607
1608 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1609 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1610
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001611- Compression support:
1612 CONFIG_BZIP2
1613
1614 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1615 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1616 compressed images are supported.
1617
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001618 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001619 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001620 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001621
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001622 CONFIG_LZMA
1623
1624 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1625 images is included.
1626
1627 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1628 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1629 formula:
1630
1631 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1632
1633 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1634 and Literal pos bits.
1635
1636 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1637 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1638 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1639 a very small buffer.
1640
1641 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1642 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001643 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001644
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001645- MII/PHY support:
1646 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1647
1648 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1649
1650 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1651
1652 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1653
1654 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1655
1656 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001657 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001658
1659 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1660
1661 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1662 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1663 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1664 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1665
1666 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1667
1668 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1669 command issued before MII status register can be read
1670
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001671- Ethernet address:
1672 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001673 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001674 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1675 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001676 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1677 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001678
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001679 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1680 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001681 is not determined automatically.
1682
1683- IP address:
1684 CONFIG_IPADDR
1685
1686 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001687 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001688 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001689 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001690
1691- Server IP address:
1692 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1693
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001694 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001695 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001696 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001697
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001698 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1699
1700 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1701 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1702
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001703- Gateway IP address:
1704 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1705
1706 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1707 default router where packets to other networks are
1708 sent to.
1709 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1710
1711- Subnet mask:
1712 CONFIG_NETMASK
1713
1714 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1715 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1716 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1717 forwarded through a router.
1718 (Environment variable "netmask")
1719
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001720- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1721 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1722
1723 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1724 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001725 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001726 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1727 multicast group.
1728
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001729- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1730 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1731
1732 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1733 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1734 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1735 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1736 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1737 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1738 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1739 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001740 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001741
1742 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1743 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1744 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1745 4th and following
1746 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1747
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001748- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001749 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1750 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001751
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001752 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1753 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1754 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1755 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1756 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1757 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1758 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1759 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1760 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1761 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1762 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1763 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001764 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001765
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001766 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1767 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001768
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00001769 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1770 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1771 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1772 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1773 is not available.
1774
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001775 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1776 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1777 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1778 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1779 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1780 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1781 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001782 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001783
1784 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1785 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1786 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001787 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001788 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1789 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001790
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001791 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1792
1793 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1794 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1795 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1796 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1797 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1798 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1799 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1800 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1801 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1802 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1803 this delay.
1804
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001805 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1806 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1807 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1808 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1809 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1810
1811 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1812
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001813 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001814 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001815
1816 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1817
1818 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1819
1820 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1821 of the device.
1822
1823 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1824
1825 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1826 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001827 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001828
1829 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1830
1831 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1832 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1833
1834 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1835
1836 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1837
1838 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1839
1840 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1841
1842 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1843
1844 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1845
1846 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1847
1848 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1849 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1850
1851 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1852
1853 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1854
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001855- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1856
1857 Several configurations allow to display the current
1858 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1859 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1860 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1861 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1862 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1863 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1864 feature in U-Boot.
1865
1866- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1867
1868 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1869 on those systems that support this (optional)
1870 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1871
1872- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1873
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001874 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001875 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001876 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001877
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001878 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001879 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001880 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1881 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001882 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001883
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001884 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001885
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001886 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001887 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1888 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001889
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001890 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001891 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001893 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001894 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001895 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001896 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001897
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001898 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001899 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001900 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1901 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1902 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001903
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001904 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1905
1906 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1907 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1908 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1909 commands until the slave device responds.
1910
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001911 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001912
1913 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1914 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1915 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001916
1917 I2C_INIT
1918
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001919 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001920 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001921
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001922 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001923
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001924 I2C_PORT
1925
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001926 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1927 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1928 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001929
1930 I2C_ACTIVE
1931
1932 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1933 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1934 define can be null.
1935
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001936 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1937
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001938 I2C_TRISTATE
1939
1940 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1941 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1942 define can be null.
1943
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001944 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1945
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001946 I2C_READ
1947
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001948 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1949 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001950
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001951 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1952
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001953 I2C_SDA(bit)
1954
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001955 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1956 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001957
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001958 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001959 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001960 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001961
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001962 I2C_SCL(bit)
1963
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07001964 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1965 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001966
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001967 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001968 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001969 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001970
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001971 I2C_DELAY
1972
1973 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1974 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001975 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001976 like:
1977
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001978 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001979
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001980 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1981
1982 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1983 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1984 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1985 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1986
1987 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1988 the generic GPIO functions.
1989
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001990 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001991
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001992 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1993 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1994 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1995 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1996 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1997 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1998 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1999 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002000
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002001 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2002
2003 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2004 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2005 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2006 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2007 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2008 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2009 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2010 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2011
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002012 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2013
2014 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2015 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2016 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2017
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002018 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2019
2020 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002021 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2022 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002023 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2024
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002025 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002026
2027 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002028 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002029 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2030 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002031
2032 e.g.
2033 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002034 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002035
2036 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2037
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002038 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002039 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002040
2041 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002043 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002044
2045 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2046 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2047
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002048 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002049
2050 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2051 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002053 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002054
2055 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2056 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2057
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002058 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002059
2060 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2061 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2062 specified DTT device.
2063
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002064 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2065
2066 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01002067 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002068
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002069 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2070
2071 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2072 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2073 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2074 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2075 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2076 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2077
2078 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2079 feature!
2080
2081 Example:
2082 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2083 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2084 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2085
2086 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2087
2088 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2089 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2090
2091 => i2c bus
2092 Busses reached over muxes:
2093 Bus ID: 2
2094 reached over Mux(es):
2095 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2096 Bus ID: 3
2097 reached over Mux(es):
2098 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2099 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2100 =>
2101
2102 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002103 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2104 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002105 the channel 4.
2106
2107 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00002108 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02002109 the 2 muxes.
2110
2111 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2112 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2113 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2114 to add this option to other architectures.
2115
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002116 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2117
2118 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2119 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2120 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2121 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2122 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2123 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2124 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002126- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2127
2128 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2129 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2130 D/As on the SACSng board)
2131
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002132 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2133
2134 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2135 only SH7757 is supported.
2136
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002137 CONFIG_SPI_X
2138
2139 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2140 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2141
2142 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2143
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002144 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2145 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2146 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2147 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2148 defined, the board configuration must define several
2149 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2150 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002151
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002152 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2153
2154 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2155 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2156 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002157 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002158 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2159
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002160 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2161
2162 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002163 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002164
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002165- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2166
2167 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2168
2169 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2170
2171 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2172 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2173
2174 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2175
2176 Enables support for FPGA family.
2177 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2178
2179 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002180
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002181 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002182
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002183 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002184
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002185 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002186
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002187 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002188
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002189 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2190 status by the configuration function. This option
2191 will require a board or device specific function to
2192 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002193
2194 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2195
2196 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2197 configuration driver.
2198
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002199 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002200 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2201
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002202 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002203
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002204 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2205 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2206 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2207 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002208
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002209 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002210
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002211 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2212 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2213 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002214 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002215
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002216 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002217
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002218 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002219 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002221 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002222
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002223 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002224 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002225
2226- Configuration Management:
2227 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2228
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002229 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2230 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002231
2232- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2233
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002234 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2235 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002236 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002237 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2238 protects these variables from casual modification by
2239 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2240 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002241 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002242
2243 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2244 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002245 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002246 these parameters.
2247
2248 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2249 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002250 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002251 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2252 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2253 read-only.]
2254
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002255 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2256 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2257 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2258 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260- Protected RAM:
2261 CONFIG_PRAM
2262
2263 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2264 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2265 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2266 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2267 this default value by defining an environment
2268 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2269 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2270 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2271 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2272 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2273 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2274 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2275
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002276 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002277 saveenv
2278
2279 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2280 either, which results in a memory region that will
2281 not be affected by reboots.
2282
2283 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2284 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2285 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2286 following board configurations are known to be
2287 "pRAM-clean":
2288
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002289 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2290 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002291 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002292
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002293- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2294 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2295 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2296 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2297 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2298 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2299 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2300
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002301- Error Recovery:
2302 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2303
2304 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2305 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2306 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002307 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002308 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2309 useful during development since you can try to debug
2310 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2311
2312 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2313
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002314 This variable defines the number of retries for
2315 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2316 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2317 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002318
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002319 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2320
2321 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2322
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002323 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2324
2325 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2326 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2327 try longer timeout such as
2328 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2329
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002330- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002331 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002332
2333 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2334
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002335 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2336 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002337
2338
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002339 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002340
2341 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2342 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2343 powerful command line syntax like
2344 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2345 constructs ("shell scripts").
2346
2347 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2348 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2349
2350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002351 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002352
2353 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2354 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2355 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2356
2357 Note:
2358
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002359 In the current implementation, the local variables
2360 space and global environment variables space are
2361 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2362 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2363 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2364 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2365 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002366
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002367 Global environment variables are those you use
2368 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2369 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2370 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002371
2372 To store commands and special characters in a
2373 variable, please use double quotation marks
2374 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2375 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2376 symbols.
2377
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002378- Commandline Editing and History:
2379 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2380
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002381 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002382 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002383
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002384- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002385 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2386
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002387 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2388 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002389 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002390
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002391 For example, place something like this in your
2392 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002393
2394 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2395 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2396 "myvar2=value2\0"
2397
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002398 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2399 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2400 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2401 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002402 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002403 You better know what you are doing here.
2404
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002405 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2406 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002407 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002408 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002409
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002410 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2411
2412 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2413 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2414 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2415
2416 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2417
2418 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2423
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002424 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2425
2426 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2427 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2428 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2429
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002430 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2431
2432 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2433 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2434 that so that the environment is not available until
2435 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2436 this is instead controlled by the value of
2437 /config/load-environment.
2438
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002439- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002440 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2441
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002442 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2443 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2444 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002445
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002446- Serial Flash support
2447 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2448
2449 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2450 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2451
2452 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2453 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2454 commands.
2455
2456 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2457 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2458 flash is present on the system.
2459
2460 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2461 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2462 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2463 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2464
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002465 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2466
2467 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2468 test ('sf test').
2469
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002470- SystemACE Support:
2471 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2472
2473 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2474 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002475 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002476 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002477
2478 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002479 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002480
2481 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2482 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2483
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002484- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2485 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2486
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002487 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002488 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002489 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002490 number generator is used.
2491
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002492 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2493 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2494 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2495
2496 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002497 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2498 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2499 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2500 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2501 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2502 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2503
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002504- Hashing support:
2505 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2506
2507 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2508 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2509
2510 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2511
2512 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2513 size a little.
2514
2515 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2516 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2517
2518 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2519 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2520
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002521- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002522 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2523
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002524 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2525 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2526 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2527 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2528 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2529 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002530
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00002531- Detailed boot stage timing
2532 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2533 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2534 of the boot process.
2535
2536 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2537 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2538 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2539 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2540 the limit, recording will stop.
2541
2542 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2543 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2544
2545 Timer summary in microseconds:
2546 Mark Elapsed Stage
2547 0 0 reset
2548 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2549 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2550 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2551 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2552 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2553 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2554 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2555
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00002556 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2557 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2558 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2559
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00002560 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2561 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2562 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2563 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2564 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2565 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2566 For example:
2567
2568 bootstage {
2569 154 {
2570 name = "board_init_f";
2571 mark = <3575678>;
2572 };
2573 170 {
2574 name = "lcd";
2575 accum = <33482>;
2576 };
2577 };
2578
2579 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2580
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002581Legacy uImage format:
2582
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583 Arg Where When
2584 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002585 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002586 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002587 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002588 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002589 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2591 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2592 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002593 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2595 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2596 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2597 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002598 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002600
2601 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2602 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2603 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2604 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2605 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2606 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2607 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002608 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002609 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2610 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2611
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002612 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002613
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002614 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002615 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2616 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002617
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002618 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2619 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2620 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2621 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2622 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2623 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2624 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2625 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2626 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2627 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2628 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2629 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2630 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2631 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2632 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2633 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2634 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2635 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2636 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2637 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2638 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2639 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2640 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2641 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2642 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2643 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2644 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2645 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2646 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2647 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2648 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2649 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2650 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2651 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2652 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2653 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2654 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2655 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2656 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2657 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2658 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2659 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2660 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2661 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2662 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2663 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2664 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002665
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002666 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002667
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002668 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002669 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2670 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002671
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002672 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2673 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002674 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002675 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2676 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2677 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002678 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2679 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002680 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002681
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002682FIT uImage format:
2683
2684 Arg Where When
2685 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2686 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2687 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2688 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2689 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2690 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002691 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002692 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2693 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2694 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2695 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2696 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002697 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2698 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002699 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2700 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2701 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2702 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2703 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2704 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2705 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2706 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2707
2708 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2709 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2710 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002711 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002712 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2713 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2714 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2715 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2716 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2717 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2718 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2719 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2720 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2721 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2722 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2723 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2724
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002725 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002726 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2727
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002728 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002729 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2730
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002731 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002732 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2733
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00002734- FIT image support:
2735 CONFIG_FIT
2736 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2737
2738 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2739 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2740 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2741 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2742 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2743 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2744
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002745- Standalone program support:
2746 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2747
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002748 This option defines a board specific value for the
2749 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2750 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002751 settings.
2752
2753- Frame Buffer Address:
2754 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2755
2756 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00002757 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2758 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2759 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2760 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2761 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2762 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2763 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002764
2765 Please see board_init_f function.
2766
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002767- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2768 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2769 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2770 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2771
2772 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2773 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2774
2775- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2776 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2777
2778 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2779 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2780
2781 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2782
2783 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2784 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2785
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002786- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002787 CONFIG_SPL
2788 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002789
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002790 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2791 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2792
2793 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2794 Maximum binary size (text, data and rodata) of the SPL binary.
2795
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002796 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2797 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002798
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002799 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2800 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2801 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2802
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002803 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2804 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2805
2806 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2807 Maximum binary size of the BSS section of the SPL binary.
2808
2809 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2810 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2811
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05002812 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2813 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2814 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2815 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2816
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002817 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2818 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2819
2820 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2821 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002822
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07002823 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2824 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2825 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2826 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2827
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07002828 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2829 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2830 about the running system.
2831
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05002832 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2833 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2834
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002835 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2836 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002837
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002838 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2839 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002840
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002841 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2842 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002843
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002844 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2845 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002846
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002847 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2848 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002849
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002850 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2851 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2852 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2853 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2854 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2855
2856 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2857 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2858
2859 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2860 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2861
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00002862 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2863 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2864 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2865 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2866 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2867
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05002868 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2869 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2870 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2871
2872 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2873 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2874
2875 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2876 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2877
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002878 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002879 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2880 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002881
2882 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2883 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2884 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2885 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2886 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2887 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002888 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002889
2890 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002891 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2892
2893 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2894 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2895
2896 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2897 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002898
2899 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05002900 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00002901
2902 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2903 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2904 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2905
2906 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2907 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2908 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2909
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002910 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2911 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002912
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002913 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2914 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002915
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002916 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2917 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002918
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02002919 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2920 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2921
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002922 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2923 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002924
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00002925 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
2926 Linker address to which the SPL should be padded before
2927 appending the SPL payload.
2928
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05002929 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2930 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2931 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2932 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2933
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002934Modem Support:
2935--------------
2936
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002937[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002938
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002939- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2941
2942- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2943 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2944
2945- Modem debug support:
2946 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2947
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002948 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2949 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002950
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002951- Interrupt support (PPC):
2952
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002953 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2954 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002955 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002956 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002957 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002958 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002959 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002960 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2961 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2962 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002963
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002964- General:
2965
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002966 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2967 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2968 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002969 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002970 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2971 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2972 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002973
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002974 If there are no modem init strings in the
2975 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2976 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002977 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002978
2979 See also: doc/README.Modem
2980
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002981Board initialization settings:
2982------------------------------
2983
2984During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2985to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2986before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2987following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2988architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2989typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2990
2991- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2992- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2993- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2994- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002996Configuration Settings:
2997-----------------------
2998
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002999- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003000 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3001
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003002- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3003 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3004
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003005- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003006 prompt for user input.
3007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003008- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003009
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003010- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003011
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003012- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003014- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003015 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3016 booted
3017
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003018- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003019 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3020
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003021- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003022 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003023
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003024- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003025 If the board specific function
3026 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3027 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003030- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003031 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003032
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003033- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003034 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003036- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003037 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3038 simple memory test.
3039
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003040- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003041 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003042
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003043- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003044 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3045 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3046
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003047- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3048 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003049 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003050 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003051 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3052 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3053 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003054 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003055 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003056 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003057
3058 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3059 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3060 be touched.
3061
3062 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3063 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3064 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3065 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3066 problems.
3067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003068- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003069 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3070
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003071- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003072 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3073
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003074- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003075 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3076 Cogent motherboard)
3077
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003078- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003079 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3080
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003081- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003082 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3083 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003084 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003085 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003086
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003087- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003088 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3089 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3090 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3091 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003092
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003093- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003094 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3095
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003096- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003097 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3098 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003099 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003100 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3101
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003102- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003103 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3104 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003105 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3106 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3107 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3108 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003109 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003110 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3111 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3112 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003113
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003114- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3115 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3116 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3117 is enabled.
3118
3119- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3120 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3121 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3122
3123- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3124 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3125 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128 Max number of Flash memory banks
3129
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003130- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003131 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3132
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003133- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003134 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3135
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003136- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3138
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003139- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003140 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3141
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003142- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003143 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003146 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3147 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003149- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150
3151 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3152 without this option such a download has to be
3153 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3154 copy from RAM to flash.
3155
3156 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3157 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003158 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3159 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003160 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003162- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003163 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003164 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3165
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003166- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003167 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3168 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003169
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003170- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3171 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3172 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3173 to the MTD layer.
3174
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003175- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003176 Use buffered writes to flash.
3177
3178- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3179 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3180 write commands.
3181
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003182- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003183 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3184 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3185 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3186 optionally available.
3187
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003188- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3189 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3190 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3191 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003193- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003194 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3195 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003196 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3197 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003198 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003199 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3200
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003201- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3202
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003203 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3204 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3205 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3206 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3207 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003208
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003209- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3210- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3211 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3212 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3213 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3214 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3215
3216 The format of the list is:
3217 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003218 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3219 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003220 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3221 list = entry[,list]
3222
3223 The type attributes are:
3224 s - String (default)
3225 d - Decimal
3226 x - Hexadecimal
3227 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3228 i - IP address
3229 m - MAC address
3230
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003231 The access attributes are:
3232 a - Any (default)
3233 r - Read-only
3234 o - Write-once
3235 c - Change-default
3236
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003237 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3238 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3239 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3240
3241 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3242 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3243 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3244 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3245 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3246 ".flags" variable.
3247
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003248- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3249 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3250 access flags.
3251
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003252- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3253 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3254 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3255 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3256 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3257 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3258 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3259 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3260 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3261
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003262- CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3263 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3264 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3265 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3266 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3267
3268
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003269The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3270of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3271following configurations:
3272
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003273- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3274
3275 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3276 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3277
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003278- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003279
3280 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3281
3282 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3283 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3284 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3285 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3286 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3287 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3288 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3289 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3290 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3291 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3292 between U-Boot and the environment.
3293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003294 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003295
3296 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3297 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3298 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3299 for this sector is given here.
3300
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003301 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003303 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003304
3305 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3306 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003307 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003309 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003310
3311 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3312
3313
3314 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3315 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3316 the environment.
3317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003318 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003319
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003320 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003321 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003322 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3323 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3324
3325 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3326 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3327 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3328 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3329 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3330 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3331 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3332 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3333 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003335 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3336 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003337
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003338 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003339 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003340 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003341 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003342
3343BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3344source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3345accordingly!
3346
3347
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003348- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003349
3350 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3351 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3352 environment.
3353
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003354 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3355 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003356
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003357 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003358 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3359 can just be read and written to, without any special
3360 provision.
3361
3362BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3363in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003364console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003365U-Boot will hang.
3366
3367Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3368environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3369keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3370to save the current settings.
3371
3372
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003373- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003374
3375 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3376 device and a driver for it.
3377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003378 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3379 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003380
3381 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3382 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003384 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003385 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3386 The default address is zero.
3387
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003388 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003389 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3390 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3391 would require six bits.
3392
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003393 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003394 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003395 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003396
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003397 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003398 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3399 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3400
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003401 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003402 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3403 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3404 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3405 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3406 byte chips.
3407
3408 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3409 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3410 in the chip address.
3411
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003412 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3414
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003415 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3416 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3417 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3418
3419 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3420 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3421 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3422 EEPROM. For example:
3423
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02003424 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01003425
3426 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3427 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003429- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003430
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003431 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003432 want to use for the environment.
3433
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003434 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3435 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3436 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003437
3438 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3439 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3440 at the specified address.
3441
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003442- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3443
3444 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3445 want to use for the local device's environment.
3446
3447 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3448 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3449
3450 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3451 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3452 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003453 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003454
3455BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3456"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003457environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3458but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00003459
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02003460- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003461
3462 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3463 for the environment.
3464
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003465 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3466 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00003467
3468 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003469 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3470 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00003471
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003472 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003473
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003474 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003475 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3476 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003477 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003478 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003479
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05003480 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3481
3482 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3483 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3484 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3485 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3486 the range to be avoided.
3487
3488 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3489
3490 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3491 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3492 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3493 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3494 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01003495
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02003496- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3497
3498 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3499 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3500 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003502- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003503
3504 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3505 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3506 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3507 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3508 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3509 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3510 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3511
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07003512Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003513has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02003514created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003515until then to read environment variables.
3516
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003517The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3518is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3519with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3520necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3521"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3522have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003523
3524Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3525the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003526use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003527
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003528- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003529 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003530
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003531 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003532 also needs to be defined.
3533
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003534- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003535 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003536
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003537- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3538 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3539 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3540 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3541 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3542 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3543
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00003544- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3545 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3546 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3547 to do this.
3548
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00003549- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3550 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3551 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3552 present.
3553
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003554Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003555---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003556
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003557- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003558 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003560- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003561 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003562
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003563 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3564 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3565 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003566
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003567- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3568 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3569 PowerPC SOCs.
3570
3571- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3572 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3573 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3574
3575 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3576 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3577
3578- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3579 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3580 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003581 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003582 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3583 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3584 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3585
3586 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3587 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3588
3589- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003590 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3591 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003592 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3593 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3594
3595- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3596 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3597 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3598 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3599
3600- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3601 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3602 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3603
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003604- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003605 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003606
3607 the default drive number (default value 0)
3608
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003609 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003610
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003611 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003612 (default value 1)
3613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003614 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003615
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003616 defines the offset of register from address. It
3617 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003618 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3621 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003622 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003624 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003625 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3626 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3627 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3628 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003629
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003630- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3631 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3632 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3633 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3634 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3635 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3636 is requierd.
3637
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003638- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003639 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003640 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003641
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003642- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003643
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003644 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003645 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3646 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3647 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3648 will become available only after programming the
3649 memory controller and running certain initialization
3650 sequences.
3651
3652 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3653 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3654 - MPC824X: data cache
3655 - PPC4xx: data cache
3656
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003657- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003658
3659 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003660 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3661 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003663 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003664 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3665 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3666 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003667
3668 Note:
3669 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3670 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003671 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003672 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3673 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3674
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003675- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003677- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003678
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003679- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003681- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003683- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003685- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003686
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003687- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003688 SDRAM timing
3689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003690- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003691 periodic timer for refresh
3692
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003693- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003695- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3696 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3697 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3698 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003699 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3700
3701- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003702 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3703 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003704 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3705
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003706- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3707 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003708 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3709 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3710
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003711- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3713 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3714
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003715- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003716 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3717 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3718
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003719- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003720 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3721 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3722
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003723- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3725 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3726 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3727
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003728- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003729 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3730 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3731 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3732 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003734- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3735 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3736 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3737 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3738 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3739 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3740 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3741 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003742 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003743
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003744- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3745 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3746 required.
3747
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00003748- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3749 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3750 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3751 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3752 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3753 by coreboot or similar.
3754
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003755- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3756 Chip has SRIO or not
3757
3758- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3759 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3760
3761- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3762 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3763
3764- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3765 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3766
3767- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3768 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3769
3770- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3771 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3772
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003773- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3774 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3775 16 bit bus.
3776
3777- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3778 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3779 a default value will be used.
3780
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003781- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003782 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3783 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3784
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003785 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3786 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003788- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003789 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3790 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3791 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003792
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003793- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3794 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3795 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3796 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3797 header files or board specific files.
3798
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003799- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3800 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3801
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003802- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003803 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3804 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003805
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003806- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3807 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3808
3809- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3810 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003811 to the given FEC; i. e.
3812 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003813 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3814
3815 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3816
3817- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3818 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3819 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3820
3821- CONFIG_RMII
3822 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3823 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3824 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3825
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003826- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3827 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3828 The syntax is:
3829
3830 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3831
3832 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3833 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3834 area should have.
3835
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003836- CONFIG_LOOPW
3837 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003838 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003839
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003840- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3841 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3842 "md/mw" commands.
3843 Examples:
3844
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003845 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003846 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3847
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003848 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003849 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3850
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003851 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003852 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003853
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003854- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003855 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003856 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3857 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3858 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003859
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003860 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3861 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3862 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3863 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003864
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003865- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003866 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3867 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3868 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003869
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00003870- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3871 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3872 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3873 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3874 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3875 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3876 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3877 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3878
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003879- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3880 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3881 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3882 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3883 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3884
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00003885- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3886 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3887 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00003888
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00003889- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
3890 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
3891
3892 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00003893
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003894Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3895-----------------------------------
3896
3897The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3898loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3899This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3900are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3901within that device.
3902
3903- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3904 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3905 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3906 is also specified.
3907
3908- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3909 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3910 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3911 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3912 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3913
3914- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3915 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3916 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3917 virtual address in NOR flash.
3918
3919- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3920 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3921 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3922
3923- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3924 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3925 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3926
3927- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3928 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3929 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3930
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00003931- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
3932 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
3933 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00003934 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
3935 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
3936 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003937
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003938Building the Software:
3939======================
3940
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003941Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3942and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3943all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3944(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3945recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3946which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003947
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003948If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3949have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3950you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3951Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3952necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003953
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003954 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3955 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003956
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003957Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3958 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3959 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3960 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3961
3962 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3963
3964 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3965 be executed on computers running Windows.
3966
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003967U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3968sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003969is done by typing:
3970
3971 make NAME_config
3972
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003973where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00003974rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003975
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003976Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3977 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3978 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3979 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003980 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003982 make TQM823L_config
3983 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003984
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003985 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3986 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003988 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003989
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003991Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3992images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3995- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3996- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003997
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003998By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3999in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4000this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4001
40021. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4003
4004 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4005 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4006 make O=/tmp/build all
4007
40082. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4009
4010 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4011 make distclean
4012 make NAME_config
4013 make all
4014
4015Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4016variable.
4017
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004019Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4020for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4021native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004024If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4025to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4026steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000040281. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004029 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4030 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000040312. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4032 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4033 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
40343. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4035 your board
40363. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4037 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
40384. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
40395. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4040 to be installed on your target system.
40416. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4042 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004043
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004044
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004045Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4046==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004048If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4049or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004050provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4051the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004052official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004053
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004054But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4055cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004056the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4057just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004058for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4059select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4060environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4061you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004062
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004063 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004065or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004066
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004067 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004068
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004069When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4070U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4071setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4072built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4073<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4074location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4075variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004076
4077 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4078 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4079 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4080
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004081With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4082log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4083during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004084
4085
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004086See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004087
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004089Monitor Commands - Overview:
4090============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092go - start application at address 'addr'
4093run - run commands in an environment variable
4094bootm - boot application image from memory
4095bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004096bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004097tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4098 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4099 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004100tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004101rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4102diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4103loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4104loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4105md - memory display
4106mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4107nm - memory modify (constant address)
4108mw - memory write (fill)
4109cp - memory copy
4110cmp - memory compare
4111crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004112i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004113sspi - SPI utility commands
4114base - print or set address offset
4115printenv- print environment variables
4116setenv - set environment variables
4117saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4118protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4119erase - erase FLASH memory
4120flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004121nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004122bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4123iminfo - print header information for application image
4124coninfo - print console devices and informations
4125ide - IDE sub-system
4126loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004127loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004128mtest - simple RAM test
4129icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4130dcache - enable or disable data cache
4131reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4132echo - echo args to console
4133version - print monitor version
4134help - print online help
4135? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004136
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004138Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4139========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004141TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004142
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004143For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004144
4145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004146Environment Variables:
4147======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004149U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4150can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004151
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004152Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4153"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4154without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4155environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4156working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4157environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004158
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004159Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4160
4161List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004163 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004164
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004165 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004169 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004173 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4174 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4175 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4176 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4177 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4178 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004179 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4180 bootm_mapsize.
4181
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004182 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004183 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4184 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4185 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4186 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4187 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4188 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004189
4190 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4191 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4192 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4193 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4194 environment variable.
4195
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004196 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4197 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4198 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4201 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4202 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4203 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004204
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004205 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4206 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4207 be automatically started (by internally calling
4208 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004210 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4211 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4212 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4213 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4214 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004216 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4217 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004218 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4219 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4220 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4221 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4222 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4223 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4224 access it during the boot procedure.
4225
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004226 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4227 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4228 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4229 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4230 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4231 must be accessible by the kernel.
4232
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004233 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4234 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4235 defined.
4236
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004237 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4238 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4239 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4240 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4241 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4242
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004243 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4244 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4245 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4246 is usually what you want since it allows for
4247 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4248 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004249 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004250 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4251 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4252 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4253 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004254
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004255 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4256 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4257 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4258 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4259 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4260 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004262 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004264 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4265 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4266 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4267 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4268 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4269 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4270 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004272 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004273
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004274 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4275 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004276
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004277 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004279 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004280
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004281 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004282
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004283 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004285 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004286
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004287 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004289 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4290 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004291
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004292 => setenv ethact FEC
4293 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4294 => setenv ethact SCC
4295 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004296
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01004297 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4298 available network interfaces.
4299 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4300
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004301 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004302 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4303 When set to "once" the network operation will
4304 fail when all the available network interfaces
4305 are tried once without success.
4306 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4307 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004308
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01004309 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01004310
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004311 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02004312 UDP source port.
4313
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02004314 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4315 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4316
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004317 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4318 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4319
4320 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4321 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4322 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4323 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4324 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4325 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4326 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4327
4328 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004329 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004330 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004331
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004332The following image location variables contain the location of images
4333used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4334not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4335variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4336server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4337loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4338flash or offset in NAND flash.
4339
4340*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4341boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4342boards use these variables for other purposes.
4343
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004344Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4345----- --------- ----------- --------------
4346u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4347Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4348device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4349ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00004350
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004351The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4352updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4353depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355 bootfile - see above
4356 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4357 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4358 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4359 hostname - Target hostname
4360 ipaddr - see above
4361 netmask - Subnet Mask
4362 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4363 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004364
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00004365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004366There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004367
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004368 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4369 as type string and/or serial number
4370 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4373the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4374once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004375
4376
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004377Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004378
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004379 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4380 with the "version" command. This variable is
4381 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004382
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004384Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4385only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004386
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004387
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06004388Callback functions for environment variables:
4389---------------------------------------------
4390
4391For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4392when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4393be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4394deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4395effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4396
4397The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4398U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4399
4400These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4401static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4402in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4403associations. The list must be in the following format:
4404
4405 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4406 list = entry[,list]
4407
4408If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4409Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4410
4411Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4412with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4413override any association in the static list. You can define
4414CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4415".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4416
4417
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004418Command Line Parsing:
4419=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004420
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004421There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4422the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004424Old, simple command line parser:
4425--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004427- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4428- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004429- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004430- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4431 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01004432 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004433- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4434 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004435
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004436Hush shell:
4437-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004438
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004439- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4440 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4441 until...do...done, ...
4442- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4443 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4444 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4445 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004446
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004447General rules:
4448--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004450(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4451 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4452 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4453 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004454
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004455(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004456 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004457 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4458 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004459
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004460Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4461=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004462
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004463Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4465"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4468MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4469"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004470
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004471If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4472in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4473ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4474variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00004475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004476o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4477 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004479o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4480 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4481 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4484 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004485
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004486o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4487 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4488 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4491 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004493If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004494will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07004495may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4496The naming convention is as follows:
4497"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499Image Formats:
4500==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01004502U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4503images in two formats:
4504
4505New uImage format (FIT)
4506-----------------------
4507
4508Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4509to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4510components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4511SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4512
4513
4514Old uImage format
4515-----------------
4516
4517Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4518preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4519details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4522 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05004523 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4524 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4525 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02004526* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004527 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4528 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004529* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4530* Load Address
4531* Entry Point
4532* Image Name
4533* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004535The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4536and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4537CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004540Linux Support:
4541==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004542
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004543Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4544easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4545U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004546
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004547U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4548special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4549"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4550instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4551serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004552
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004553- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4554 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4555 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004557- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4558 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004559
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004560- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4561 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4562 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4563 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4564 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4565 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004566
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004568Linux HOWTO:
4569============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004570
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004571Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4572---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4575configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4576(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4577Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004578
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004579But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4582include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02004583Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4584and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004585as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004588Configuring the Linux kernel:
4589-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004591No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4592device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004593
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004594
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004595Building a Linux Image:
4596-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004597
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004598With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4599not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4600"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4601U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4602which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4603100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 make TQM850L_config
4608 make oldconfig
4609 make dep
4610 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004612The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4613encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4614CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004616* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004618* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004620 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4621 -R .note -R .comment \
4622 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004624* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004625
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004626 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004628* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004630 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4631 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4632 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004633
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004634
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004635The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4636with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4637combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4638byte header containing information about target architecture,
4639operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4640stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004641
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004642"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4643print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004644
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004645In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4646contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4647checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004649 tools/mkimage -l image
4650 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004652The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4653from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4656 -n name -d data_file image
4657 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4658 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4659 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4660 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4661 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4662 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4663 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4664 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004665
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004666Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4667address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4668kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004669
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004670- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4671- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004672
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004673So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004675 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4676 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004677 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004678 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4679 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4680 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4681 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4682 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4683 Load Address: 0x00000000
4684 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004685
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004686To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004688 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4689 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4690 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4691 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4692 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4693 Load Address: 0x00000000
4694 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4697speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4698needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4699need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004701 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4703 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004704 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004705 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4706 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4707 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4708 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4709 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4710 Load Address: 0x00000000
4711 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004712
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004714Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4715when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004717 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4718 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4719 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4720 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4721 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4722 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4723 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4724 Load Address: 0x00000000
4725 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004726
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004727
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004728Installing a Linux Image:
4729-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004730
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004731To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4732you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004734 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004735
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004736The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4737image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4738address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4739specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4740command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004742Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4743TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004744
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004745 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004746
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004747 .......... done
4748 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750 => loads 40100000
4751 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4752 ~>examples/image.srec
4753 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4754 ...
4755 15989 15990 15991 15992
4756 [file transfer complete]
4757 [connected]
4758 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004759
4760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004762this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004763corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004764
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004765 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004766
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004767 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4768 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4769 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4770 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4771 Load Address: 00000000
4772 Entry Point: 0000000c
4773 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004774
4775
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004776Boot Linux:
4777-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004778
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004779The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4780memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4781of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4782parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4783"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004784
4785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004786 => printenv bootargs
4787 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004788
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004789 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791 => printenv bootargs
4792 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794 => bootm 40020000
4795 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4796 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4797 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4798 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4799 Load Address: 00000000
4800 Entry Point: 0000000c
4801 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4802 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4803 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4804 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4805 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4806 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4807 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4808 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004809
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004810If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004811the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4812format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004813
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004814 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004815
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4817 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4818 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4819 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4820 Load Address: 00000000
4821 Entry Point: 0000000c
4822 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004824 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4825 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4826 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4827 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4828 Load Address: 00000000
4829 Entry Point: 00000000
4830 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004831
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004832 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4833 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4834 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4835 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4836 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4837 Load Address: 00000000
4838 Entry Point: 0000000c
4839 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4840 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4841 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4842 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4843 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4844 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4845 Load Address: 00000000
4846 Entry Point: 00000000
4847 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4848 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4849 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4850 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4851 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4852 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4853 ...
4854 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4855 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004858
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004859Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4860-----------
4861
4862First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4863titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4864following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4865flat device tree:
4866
4867=> print oftaddr
4868oftaddr=0x300000
4869=> print oft
4870oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4871=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4872Speed: 1000, full duplex
4873Using TSEC0 device
4874TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4875Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4876Load address: 0x300000
4877Loading: #
4878done
4879Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4880=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4881Speed: 1000, full duplex
4882Using TSEC0 device
4883TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4884Filename 'uImage'.
4885Load address: 0x200000
4886Loading:############
4887done
4888Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4889=> print loadaddr
4890loadaddr=200000
4891=> print oftaddr
4892oftaddr=0x300000
4893=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4894## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004895 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4896 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4897 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004898 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004899 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004900 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4901 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4902Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4903Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4904Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4905[snip]
4906
4907
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004908More About U-Boot Image Types:
4909------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004910
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004911U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004912
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004913 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4914 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4915 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4916 the Standalone Program.
4917 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4918 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4919 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4920 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4921 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4922 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4923 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4924 being started.
4925 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4926 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4927 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4928 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4929 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4930 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004931
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004932 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4933 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4934 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4935 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4936 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4937 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004938
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004939 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4940 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4941 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004943 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4944 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4945 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4946 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004947
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004948Booting the Linux zImage:
4949-------------------------
4950
4951On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
4952using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
4953as the syntax of "bootm" command.
4954
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00004955Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
4956kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
4957address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
4958format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
4959
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004960
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004961Standalone HOWTO:
4962=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004963
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004964One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4965run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4966U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004967
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004968Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004970"Hello World" Demo:
4971-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004972
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004973'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4974application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4975It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4976like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004978 => loads
4979 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4980 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4981 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4982 [file transfer complete]
4983 [connected]
4984 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4987 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4988 Hello World
4989 argc = 7
4990 argv[0] = "40004"
4991 argv[1] = "Hello"
4992 argv[2] = "World!"
4993 argv[3] = "This"
4994 argv[4] = "is"
4995 argv[5] = "a"
4996 argv[6] = "test."
4997 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4998 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005000 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005002Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5003handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5004Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5005The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5006character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5007controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005008
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005009 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5010 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5011 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5012 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005014 => loads
5015 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5016 ~>examples/timer.srec
5017 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5018 [file transfer complete]
5019 [connected]
5020 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005022 => go 40004
5023 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5024 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5025 Using timer 1
5026 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005027
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005028Hit 'b':
5029 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5030 Enabling timer
5031Hit '?':
5032 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5033 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5034Hit '?':
5035 [q, b, e, ?] .
5036 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5037Hit '?':
5038 [q, b, e, ?] .
5039 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5040Hit '?':
5041 [q, b, e, ?] .
5042 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5043Hit 'e':
5044 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5045Hit 'q':
5046 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005047
5048
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005049Minicom warning:
5050================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005052Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5053"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5054consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5055Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5056especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005057use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5058http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5059for help with kermit.
5060
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5063configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005064
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005065 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5066 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5067 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005068
5069
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005070NetBSD Notes:
5071=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005072
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005073Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5074(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005076Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5077NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5078need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5079Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5080attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5081missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5084 # mkdir powerpc
5085 # ln -s powerpc machine
5086 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5087 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005089Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5090and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005092Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5093stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5094proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5095tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005096meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
5098
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005099Implementation Internals:
5100=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005102The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5103implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5104inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5105hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
5107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005108Initial Stack, Global Data:
5109---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005110
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005111The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5112starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5113system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5114This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5115is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5116at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5117options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5118models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5119MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5120locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005121
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005122 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005123 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005124
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005125 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5126 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5127 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5128 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005129
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005130 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5131 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5132 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5133 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5134 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005135 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5137 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005138
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005139 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5140 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005141 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005142 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5143 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5144 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5145 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005147 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005148 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5149 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005150 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005151 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5152 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5153 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5154 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5155 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005156
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005157 -Chris Hallinan
5158 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005159
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005160It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5161code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005162
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005163* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5164 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005165
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005166* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005167 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5168 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005169
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005170* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5171 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005173Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5174normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5175turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5176simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5177functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5178functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5179the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5180place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5181reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005182
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005183When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5184relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5185GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5188 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005189 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5191 R5-R10: parameter passing
5192 R13: small data area pointer
5193 R30: GOT pointer
5194 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005195
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005196 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5197 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5198 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005199
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005200 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005201
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005202 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5203 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5204 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5205 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5206 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5207 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005208
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005209On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005210 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5211
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005212 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005213
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005214On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005215
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005216 R0: function argument word/integer result
5217 R1-R3: function argument word
5218 R9: GOT pointer
5219 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5220 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5221 R12: temporary workspace
5222 R13: stack pointer
5223 R14: link register
5224 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005225
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005226 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005227
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005228On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5229 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5230
5231 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5232
5233 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5234 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5235
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005236On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5237
5238 R0-R1: argument/return
5239 R2-R5: argument
5240 R15: temporary register for assembler
5241 R16: trampoline register
5242 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5243 R29: global pointer (GP)
5244 R30: link register (LP)
5245 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5246 PC: program counter (PC)
5247
5248 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5249
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005250NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5251or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005252
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005253Memory Management:
5254------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005255
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005256U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5257MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005259The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5260controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5261memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5262physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5265TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5266booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5267to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005268memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005269configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5270Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005271
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005272Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5273of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005275So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5276this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5279 :
5280 0x0000 1FFF
5281 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5282 :
5283 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285 :
5286 :
5287 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5288 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5289 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5290 :
5291 0x00FD FFFF
5292 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5293 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5294 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5295 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005296
5297
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005298System Initialization:
5299----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005301In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005302(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005303configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5304To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5305To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5306initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5307which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5308part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5309the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005310
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005311Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5312preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5313(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5314on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5315programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5316simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5317banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5320different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5321bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
53220x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5323contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005324
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005325Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5326and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5327Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5328pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005329
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005330Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5331until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5332running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5333new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
5335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005336U-Boot Porting Guide:
5337----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5340list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005341
5342
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005343int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005344{
5345 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005346
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005347 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5348 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005351 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005352 return 0;
5353 }
5354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005355 Download latest U-Boot source;
5356
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005357 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005358
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005359 if (clueless)
5360 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005362 while (learning) {
5363 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005364 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5365 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005367 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005368 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005369
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005370 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5371 Buy a BDI3000;
5372 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005373 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005374
5375 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5376 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5377 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5378 } else {
5379 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5380 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005382 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5383 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005384
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04005385 while (!accepted) {
5386 while (!running) {
5387 do {
5388 Add / modify source code;
5389 } until (compiles);
5390 Debug;
5391 if (clueless)
5392 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5393 }
5394 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5395 if (reasonable critiques)
5396 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5397 else
5398 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005400
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005401 return 0;
5402}
5403
5404void no_more_time (int sig)
5405{
5406 hire_a_guru();
5407}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005408
5409
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005410Coding Standards:
5411-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005412
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005414coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005415"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02005417Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5418MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5419reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5420sources.
5421
5422Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5423Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5424in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425
5426Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5427- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005428- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005430- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5432
5433Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5434with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005435
5436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005437Submitting Patches:
5438-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005439
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005440Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5441establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5442may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005443
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02005444Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005445
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005446Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5447see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5448
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005449When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5450it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005451
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5453 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5454 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456* For new features: a description of the feature and your
5457 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005459* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5460
5461* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5462
5463* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005464 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465
5466* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5467 document these in the README file.
5468
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005469* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5470 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00005471 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005472 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5473 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005474
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005475 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5476 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5477 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005478
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005479 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5480 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5481 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5482 affected files).
5483
5484 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5485 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486
5487* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5488 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5489
5490* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5491 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5492
5493
5494Notes:
5495
5496* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5497 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5498 for any of the boards.
5499
5500* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5501 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5502 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5503
5504* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5505 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5506 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5507 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5508 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5509 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00005510
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005511* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5512 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5513 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5514 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.